Merge "jquery.tablesorter: References ignored in sortkey."
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 *
1504 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1505 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1506 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1507 */
1508 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * @name DJVU settings
1512 * @{
1513 */
1514
1515 /**
1516 * Path of the djvudump executable
1517 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1518 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1532 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1538 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1539 *
1540 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1541 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1542 * the efficiency problem.
1543 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1544 *
1545 * @par Example:
1546 * @code
1547 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1548 * @endcode
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1551
1552 /**
1553 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1554 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1555 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1558
1559 /**
1560 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1561 */
1562 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1563
1564 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1565
1566 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1567
1568 /************************************************************************//**
1569 * @name Email settings
1570 * @{
1571 */
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Site admin email address.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1577 */
1578 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1584 *
1585 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1586 */
1587 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1588
1589 /**
1590 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1591 *
1592 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1593 */
1594 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1595
1596 /**
1597 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1598 *
1599 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1600 */
1601 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1605 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1606 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1607 */
1608 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1612 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1613 */
1614 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1615
1616 /**
1617 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1618 *
1619 * @since 1.30
1620 */
1621 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1622
1623 /**
1624 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1625 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1626 *
1627 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1628 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1629 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1630 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1631 */
1632 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1636 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1637 */
1638 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1639
1640 /**
1641 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1642 */
1643 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1647 */
1648 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1652 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1653 */
1654 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1658 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1659 */
1660 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1661
1662 /**
1663 * SMTP Mode.
1664 *
1665 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1666 * Default to false or fill an array :
1667 *
1668 * @code
1669 * $wgSMTP = [
1670 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1671 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1672 * 'port' => '25',
1673 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1674 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1675 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1676 * ];
1677 * @endcode
1678 */
1679 $wgSMTP = false;
1680
1681 /**
1682 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1683 */
1684 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1688 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1689 */
1690 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1691
1692 /**
1693 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1694 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1695 */
1696 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1697
1698 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1699 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1700 # enable or disable at their discretion
1701 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1702 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1703
1704 /**
1705 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1706 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1707 * spam relay.
1708 */
1709 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1710
1711 /**
1712 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1713 */
1714 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1718 * user talk page.
1719 *
1720 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1721 * preference set to true.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1727 * allowed this in the preferences.
1728 */
1729 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1733 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1734 *
1735 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1736 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1737 *
1738 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1739 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1740 *
1741 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1742 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1743 */
1744 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1748 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1749 *
1750 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1751 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1752 */
1753 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1754
1755 /**
1756 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1757 * match the limit on your mail server.
1758 */
1759 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1760
1761 /**
1762 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1763 */
1764 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1765
1766 /**
1767 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1768 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1769 */
1770 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1771
1772 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1773
1774 /************************************************************************//**
1775 * @name Database settings
1776 * @{
1777 */
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Database host name or IP address
1781 */
1782 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1786 */
1787 $wgDBport = 5432;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Name of the database
1791 */
1792 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1793
1794 /**
1795 * Database username
1796 */
1797 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1798
1799 /**
1800 * Database user's password
1801 */
1802 $wgDBpassword = '';
1803
1804 /**
1805 * Database type
1806 */
1807 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1808
1809 /**
1810 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1811 *
1812 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1813 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1814 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1815 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1816 */
1817 $wgDBssl = false;
1818
1819 /**
1820 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1821 *
1822 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1823 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1824 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1825 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1826 */
1827 $wgDBcompress = false;
1828
1829 /**
1830 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1831 */
1832 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1833
1834 /**
1835 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1836 */
1837 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1838
1839 /**
1840 * Search type.
1841 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1842 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1843 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1844 */
1845 $wgSearchType = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Alternative search types
1849 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1850 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1851 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1852 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1853 */
1854 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1855
1856 /**
1857 * Table name prefix
1858 */
1859 $wgDBprefix = '';
1860
1861 /**
1862 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1863 */
1864 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1865
1866 /**
1867 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1868 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1869 * DBA has done his best job.
1870 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1871 */
1872 $wgSQLMode = '';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Mediawiki schema
1876 */
1877 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1881 */
1882 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1886 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1887 * main database.
1888 *
1889 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1890 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1891 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1892 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1893 *
1894 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1895 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1896 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1897 *
1898 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1899 * $wgDBprefix.
1900 *
1901 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1902 * $wgDBmwschema.
1903 *
1904 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1905 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1906 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1907 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1908 */
1909 $wgSharedDB = null;
1910
1911 /**
1912 * @see $wgSharedDB
1913 */
1914 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1915
1916 /**
1917 * @see $wgSharedDB
1918 */
1919 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1920
1921 /**
1922 * @see $wgSharedDB
1923 * @since 1.23
1924 */
1925 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1926
1927 /**
1928 * Database load balancer
1929 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1930 * Fields are:
1931 * - host: Host name
1932 * - dbname: Default database name
1933 * - user: DB user
1934 * - password: DB password
1935 * - type: DB type
1936 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1937 *
1938 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1939 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1940 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1941 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1942 *
1943 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1944 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1945 *
1946 * - flags: bit field
1947 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1948 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1949 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1950 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1951 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1952 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1953 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1954 * if available
1955 *
1956 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1957 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1958 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1959 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1960 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1961 *
1962 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1963 * variable of the Database object.
1964 *
1965 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1966 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1967 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1968 *
1969 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1970 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1971 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1972 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1973 *
1974 * @code
1975 * SET @@read_only=1;
1976 * @endcode
1977 *
1978 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1979 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1980 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1981 */
1982 $wgDBservers = false;
1983
1984 /**
1985 * Load balancer factory configuration
1986 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1987 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1988 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1989 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1990 *
1991 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1992 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1993 */
1994 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
1995
1996 /**
1997 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1998 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1999 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2000 * @since 1.27
2001 */
2002 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * File to log database errors to
2006 */
2007 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2008
2009 /**
2010 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2011 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2012 *
2013 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2014 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2015 *
2016 * @par Examples:
2017 * @code
2018 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2019 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2020 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2021 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2022 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2023 * @endcode
2024 *
2025 * @since 1.20
2026 */
2027 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2028
2029 /**
2030 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2031 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2032 *
2033 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2034 *
2035 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2036 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2037 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2038 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2039 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2040 *
2041 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2042 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2043 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2044 */
2045 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2049 *
2050 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2051 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2052 * block).
2053 *
2054 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2055 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2056 * connections.
2057 *
2058 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2059 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2060 * pooled.
2061 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2062 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2063 *
2064 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2065 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2066 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2067 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2068 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2069 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2070 *
2071 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2072 */
2073 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2074
2075 /**
2076 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2077 *
2078 * Array numeric key => database name
2079 */
2080 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2081
2082 /**
2083 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2084 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2085 * show a more obvious warning.
2086 */
2087 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2088
2089 /**
2090 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2091 */
2092 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2093
2094 /**
2095 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2096 */
2097 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2098
2099 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2100
2101 /************************************************************************//**
2102 * @name Text storage
2103 * @{
2104 */
2105
2106 /**
2107 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2108 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2109 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2110 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2111 */
2112 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2113
2114 /**
2115 * External stores allow including content
2116 * from non database sources following URL links.
2117 *
2118 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2119 * @code
2120 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2121 * @endcode
2122 *
2123 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2124 */
2125 $wgExternalStores = [];
2126
2127 /**
2128 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2129 *
2130 * @par Example:
2131 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2132 * @code
2133 * $wgExternalServers = [
2134 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2135 * ];
2136 * @endcode
2137 *
2138 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2139 * another class.
2140 */
2141 $wgExternalServers = [];
2142
2143 /**
2144 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2145 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2146 *
2147 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2148 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2149 *
2150 * @par Example:
2151 * @code
2152 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2153 * @endcode
2154 *
2155 * @var array
2156 */
2157 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2158
2159 /**
2160 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2161 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2162 *
2163 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2164 */
2165 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2166
2167 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2168
2169 /************************************************************************//**
2170 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2171 * @{
2172 */
2173
2174 /**
2175 * Disable database-intensive features
2176 */
2177 $wgMiserMode = false;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2181 */
2182 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2186 */
2187 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2188
2189 /**
2190 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2191 */
2192 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2193
2194 /**
2195 * Enable slow parser functions
2196 */
2197 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2198
2199 /**
2200 * Allow schema updates
2201 */
2202 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2203
2204 /**
2205 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2206 */
2207 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2208
2209 /**
2210 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2211 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2212 */
2213 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2214
2215 /**
2216 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2217 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2218 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2219 * @since 1.26
2220 */
2221 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2222
2223 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2224
2225 /************************************************************************//**
2226 * @name Cache settings
2227 * @{
2228 */
2229
2230 /**
2231 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2232 * from the web.
2233 *
2234 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2235 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2236 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2237 */
2238 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2239
2240 /**
2241 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2242 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2243 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2244 *
2245 * The options are:
2246 *
2247 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2248 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2249 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2250 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2251 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2252 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2253 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2254 *
2255 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2256 */
2257 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2261 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2262 *
2263 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2264 */
2265 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2266
2267 /**
2268 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2269 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2270 *
2271 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2272 */
2273 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2274
2275 /**
2276 * The cache type for storing session data.
2277 *
2278 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2279 */
2280 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2284 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2285 *
2286 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2287 *
2288 * @since 1.20
2289 */
2290 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2291
2292 /**
2293 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2294 *
2295 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2296 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2297 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2298 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2299 *
2300 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2301 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2302 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2303 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2304 */
2305 $wgObjectCaches = [
2306 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2307 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2308
2309 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2310 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2311 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2312
2313 'db-replicated' => [
2314 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2315 'readFactory' => [
2316 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2317 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2318 ],
2319 'writeFactory' => [
2320 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2321 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2322 ],
2323 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2324 'reportDupes' => false
2325 ],
2326
2327 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2328 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2329 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2330 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2331 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2332 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2333 ];
2334
2335 /**
2336 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2337 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2338 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2339 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2340 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2341 *
2342 * The options are:
2343 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2344 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2345 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2346 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2347 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2348 * @since 1.26
2349 */
2350 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2351
2352 /**
2353 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2354 *
2355 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2356 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2357 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2358 *
2359 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2360 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2361 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2362 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2363 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2364 *
2365 * @since 1.26
2366 */
2367 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2368 CACHE_NONE => [
2369 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2370 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2371 'channels' => []
2372 ]
2373 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2374 'memcached-php' => [
2375 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2376 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2377 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2378 ]
2379 */
2380 ];
2381
2382 /**
2383 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2384 *
2385 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2386 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2387 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2388 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2389 *
2390 * @var bool
2391 * @since 1.29
2392 */
2393 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2394
2395 /**
2396 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2397 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2398 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2399 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2400 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2401 *
2402 * The options are:
2403 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2404 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2405 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2406 *
2407 * @since 1.26
2408 */
2409 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2410
2411 /**
2412 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2413 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2414 */
2415 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2419 */
2420 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2421
2422 /**
2423 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2424 */
2425 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2426
2427 /**
2428 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2429 */
2430 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2431
2432 /**
2433 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2434 *
2435 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2436 *
2437 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2438 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2439 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2440 * others' cookies.
2441 *
2442 * @since 1.27
2443 * @var string
2444 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2445 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2446 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2447 */
2448 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2452 *
2453 * @since 1.28
2454 */
2455 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2456
2457 /**
2458 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2459 */
2460 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2461
2462 /**
2463 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2464 */
2465 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2466
2467 /**
2468 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2469 * requests.
2470 */
2471 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2475 */
2476 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2477
2478 /**
2479 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2480 *
2481 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2482 *
2483 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2484 *
2485 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2486 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2487 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2488 */
2489 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2490
2491 /**
2492 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2493 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2494 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2495 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2496 */
2497 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2498
2499 /**
2500 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2501 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2502 *
2503 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2504 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2505 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2506 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2507 * otherwise the database will be used.
2508 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2509 * store static arrays.
2510 *
2511 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2512 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2513 *
2514 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2515 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2516 * will be used.
2517 *
2518 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2519 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2520 */
2521 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2522 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2523 'store' => 'detect',
2524 'storeClass' => false,
2525 'storeDirectory' => false,
2526 'manualRecache' => false,
2527 ];
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2531 */
2532 $wgCachePages = true;
2533
2534 /**
2535 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2536 * client-side and server-side caching.
2537 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2538 * @verbatim
2539 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2540 * @endverbatim
2541 */
2542 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2546 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2547 */
2548 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2549
2550 /**
2551 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2552 *
2553 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2554 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2555 * styles.
2556 *
2557 * @deprecated since 1.31
2558 */
2559 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2560
2561 /**
2562 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2563 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2564 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2565 */
2566 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2570 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2571 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2572 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2573 */
2574 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2575
2576 /**
2577 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2578 * @deprecated since 1.26
2579 */
2580 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2584 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2585 */
2586 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2587
2588 /**
2589 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2590 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2591 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2592 *
2593 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2594 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2595 * don't update as expected.
2596 */
2597 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2598
2599 /**
2600 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2601 */
2602 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2603
2604 /**
2605 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2606 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2607 *
2608 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2609 */
2610 $wgUseGzip = false;
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2614 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2615 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2616 * a grace period.
2617 */
2618 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2619
2620 /**
2621 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2622 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2623 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2624 *
2625 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2626 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2627 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2628 */
2629 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2633 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2634 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2635 *
2636 * @par Example:
2637 * @code
2638 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2639 * @endcode
2640 *
2641 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2642 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2643 *
2644 * @var int|bool
2645 */
2646 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2647
2648 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2649
2650 /************************************************************************//**
2651 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2652 *
2653 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2654 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2655 *
2656 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2657 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2658 * more details.
2659 *
2660 * @{
2661 */
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Enable/disable CDN.
2665 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2666 */
2667 $wgUseSquid = false;
2668
2669 /**
2670 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2671 */
2672 $wgUseESI = false;
2673
2674 /**
2675 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2676 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2677 * @since 1.27
2678 */
2679 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2683 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2684 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2685 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2686 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2687 * HTTP redirects.
2688 */
2689 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2690
2691 /**
2692 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2693 *
2694 * @par Example:
2695 * @code
2696 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2697 * @endcode
2698 */
2699 $wgInternalServer = false;
2700
2701 /**
2702 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2703 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2704 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2705 *
2706 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2707 */
2708 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2709
2710 /**
2711 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2712 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2713 * @since 1.27
2714 */
2715 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2716
2717 /**
2718 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2719 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2720 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2721 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2722 *
2723 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2724 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2725 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2726 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2727 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2728 *
2729 * @since 1.27
2730 */
2731 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2732
2733 /**
2734 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2735 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2736 * @since 1.27
2737 */
2738 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2739
2740 /**
2741 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2742 *
2743 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2744 */
2745 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2746
2747 /**
2748 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2749 *
2750 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2751 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2752 *
2753 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2754 */
2755 $wgSquidServers = [];
2756
2757 /**
2758 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2759 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2760 * CIDR blocks.
2761 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2762 */
2763 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2764
2765 /**
2766 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2767 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2768 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2769 *
2770 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2771 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2772 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2773 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2774 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2775 *
2776 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2777 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2778 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2779 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2780 * reverse).
2781 *
2782 * @since 1.21
2783 */
2784 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2785
2786 /**
2787 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2788 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2789 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2790 *
2791 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2792 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2793 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2794 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2795 *
2796 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2797 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2798 * @code
2799 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2800 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2801 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2802 * 'port' => 4827,
2803 * ],
2804 * '' => [
2805 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2806 * 'port' => 4827,
2807 * ],
2808 * ];
2809 * @endcode
2810 *
2811 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2812 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2813 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2814 *
2815 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2816 * @code
2817 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2818 * '' => [
2819 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2820 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2821 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2822 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2823 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2824 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2825 * ],
2826 * ];
2827 * @endcode
2828 *
2829 * @since 1.22
2830 *
2831 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2832 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2833 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2834 *
2835 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2836 */
2837 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2838
2839 /**
2840 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2841 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2842 */
2843 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2844
2845 /**
2846 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2847 */
2848 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2849
2850 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2851
2852 /************************************************************************//**
2853 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2854 * @{
2855 */
2856
2857 /**
2858 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2859 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2860 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2861 *
2862 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2863 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2864 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2865 *
2866 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2867 * change it in their preferences.
2868 *
2869 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2870 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2871 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2872 */
2873 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2874
2875 /**
2876 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2877 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2878 */
2879 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2880
2881 /**
2882 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2883 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2884 *
2885 * @par Example:
2886 * @code
2887 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2888 * @endcode
2889 */
2890 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2891
2892 /**
2893 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2894 */
2895 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2896
2897 /**
2898 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2899 */
2900 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2901
2902 /**
2903 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2904 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2905 * Notes:
2906 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2907 * map.
2908 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2909 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2910 * this array.
2911 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2912 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2913 * the prefix in this array.
2914 */
2915 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2916
2917 /**
2918 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2919 */
2920 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2921
2922 /**
2923 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2924 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2925 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2926 *
2927 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2928 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2929 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2930 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2931 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2932 *
2933 * @since 1.29
2934 */
2935 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2936 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2937 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2938 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2939 ];
2940
2941 /**
2942 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2943 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2944 *
2945 * @deprecated since 1.29
2946 */
2947 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2948
2949 /**
2950 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2951 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2952 * set to "ar".
2953 *
2954 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2955 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2956 */
2957 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2961 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2962 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2963 * support these characters.
2964 *
2965 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2966 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2967 */
2968 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2969
2970 /**
2971 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2972 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2973 * impact.
2974 *
2975 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2976 * details.
2977 *
2978 * @since 1.17
2979 */
2980 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2981
2982 /**
2983 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2984 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2985 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2986 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2987 *
2988 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2989 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2990 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2991 */
2992 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2996 */
2997 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2998
2999 /**
3000 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3001 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3002 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3003 *
3004 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3005 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3006 * to remain viewable.
3007 *
3008 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3009 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3010 */
3011 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3015 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3016 */
3017 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3021 * numerals in interface.
3022 */
3023 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3027 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3028 */
3029 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3033 */
3034 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3038 */
3039 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3043 */
3044 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3045
3046 /**
3047 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3048 */
3049 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3053 */
3054 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3058 * used to ease variant development work.
3059 */
3060 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3064 *
3065 * @par Example:
3066 * @code
3067 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3068 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3069 * @endcode
3070 */
3071 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3072
3073 /**
3074 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3075 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3076 * language variant.
3077 *
3078 * @par Example:
3079 * @code
3080 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3081 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3082 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3083 * @endcode
3084 *
3085 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3086 *
3087 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3088 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3089 */
3090 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3091
3092 /**
3093 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3094 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3095 * customise these.
3096 */
3097 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3098
3099 /**
3100 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3101 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3102 *
3103 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3104 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3105 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3106 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3107 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3108 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3109 * the default behavior.
3110 *
3111 * @par Example:
3112 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3113 * portal:
3114 * @code
3115 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3116 * @endcode
3117 */
3118 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3119
3120 /**
3121 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3122 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3123 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3124 *
3125 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3126 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3127 *
3128 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3129 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3130 *
3131 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3132 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3133 *
3134 * @par Examples:
3135 * @code
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3138 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3139 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3140 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3141 * @endcode
3142 */
3143 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3144
3145 /**
3146 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3147 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3148 *
3149 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3150 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3151 *
3152 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3153 */
3154 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3155
3156 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3157
3158 /*************************************************************************//**
3159 * @name Output format and skin settings
3160 * @{
3161 */
3162
3163 /**
3164 * The default Content-Type header.
3165 */
3166 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3167
3168 /**
3169 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3170 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3171 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3172 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3173 * @deprecated since 1.22
3174 */
3175 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3179 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3180 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3181 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3182 * @deprecated since 1.22
3183 */
3184 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3188 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3189 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3190 * to true by Setup.php.
3191 * @deprecated since 1.22
3192 */
3193 $wgHtml5 = true;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3197 *
3198 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3199 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3200 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3201 * @since 1.16
3202 */
3203 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3207 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3208 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3209 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3210 * @since 1.24
3211 */
3212 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3213
3214 /**
3215 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3216 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3217 * stable and change has been communicated.
3218 * @since 1.24
3219 */
3220 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3224 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3225 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3226 *
3227 * @since 1.28
3228 */
3229 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3233 *
3234 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3235 *
3236 * @par Example:
3237 * @code
3238 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3239 * @endcode
3240 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3241 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3242 *
3243 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3244 */
3245 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3246
3247 /**
3248 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3249 *
3250 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3251 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3252 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3253 */
3254 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3258 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3259 */
3260 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3261
3262 /**
3263 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3264 *
3265 * @since 1.24
3266 */
3267 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3268
3269 /**
3270 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3271 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3272 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3273 */
3274 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3275
3276 /**
3277 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3278 */
3279 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Allow user Javascript page?
3283 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3284 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3285 */
3286 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3290 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3291 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3292 */
3293 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3294
3295 /**
3296 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3297 *
3298 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3299 * are availabe to users.
3300 */
3301 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3302
3303 /**
3304 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3305 */
3306 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3307
3308 /**
3309 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3310 */
3311 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3315 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3316 */
3317 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3318
3319 /**
3320 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3321 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3322 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3323 *
3324 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3325 *
3326 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3327 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3328 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3329 *
3330 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3331 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3332 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3333 * recommended.
3334 *
3335 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3336 * not just edit pages.
3337 */
3338 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3342 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3343 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3344 * Options are:
3345 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3346 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3347 * - false: Allow all framing.
3348 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3349 */
3350 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3351
3352 /**
3353 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3354 */
3355 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3359 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3360 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3361 *
3362 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3363 */
3364 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3368 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3369 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3370 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3371 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3372 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3373 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3374 *
3375 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3376 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3377 * a page.
3378 *
3379 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3380 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3381 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3382 * would still work.
3383 *
3384 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3385 *
3386 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3387 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3388 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3389 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3390 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3391 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3392 * fragment mode is used.
3393 *
3394 * @since 1.30
3395 */
3396 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3397
3398 /**
3399 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3400 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3401 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3402 * to 'html5'.
3403 *
3404 * @since 1.30
3405 */
3406 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3407
3408 /**
3409 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3410 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3411 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3412 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3413 *
3414 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3415 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3416 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3417 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3418 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3419 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3420 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3421 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3422 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3423 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3424 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3425 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3426 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3427 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3428 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3429 * not be outputted
3430 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3431 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3432 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3433 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3434 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3435 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3436 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3437 */
3438 $wgFooterIcons = [
3439 "copyright" => [
3440 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3441 ],
3442 "poweredby" => [
3443 "mediawiki" => [
3444 // Defaults to point at
3445 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3446 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3447 "src" => null,
3448 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3449 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3450 ]
3451 ],
3452 ];
3453
3454 /**
3455 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3456 * to create an account.
3457 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3458 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3459 */
3460 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3461
3462 /**
3463 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3464 */
3465 $wgEdititis = false;
3466
3467 /**
3468 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3469 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3470 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3471 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3472 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3473 *
3474 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3475 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3476 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3477 */
3478 $wgSend404Code = true;
3479
3480 /**
3481 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3482 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3483 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3484 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3485 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3486 *
3487 * @since 1.20
3488 */
3489 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3490
3491 /**
3492 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3493 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3494 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3495 * unconditionally.
3496 */
3497 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3498
3499 /**
3500 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3501 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3502 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3503 * the domain root.
3504 *
3505 * @since 1.25
3506 */
3507 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3508
3509 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3510
3511 /*************************************************************************//**
3512 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3513 * @{
3514 */
3515
3516 /**
3517 * Client-side resource modules.
3518 *
3519 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3520 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3521 *
3522 * @par Example:
3523 * @code
3524 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3525 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3526 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3527 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3528 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3529 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3530 * ];
3531 * @endcode
3532 */
3533 $wgResourceModules = [];
3534
3535 /**
3536 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3537 *
3538 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3539 * not be modified or disabled.
3540 *
3541 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3542 *
3543 * @par Example:
3544 * @code
3545 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3546 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3547 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3548 * ];
3549 *
3550 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3551 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3552 * ];
3553 * @endcode
3554 *
3555 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3556 *
3557 * @par Equivalent:
3558 * @code
3559 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3560 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3561 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3562 * 'skinStyles' => [
3563 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3564 * ],
3565 * ];
3566 * @endcode
3567 *
3568 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3569 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3570 *
3571 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3572 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3573 *
3574 * @par Example:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3577 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3578 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3579 * 'skinStyles' => [
3580 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3581 * ],
3582 * ];
3583 * // Note the '+' character:
3584 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3585 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3586 * ];
3587 * @endcode
3588 *
3589 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3590 *
3591 * @par Equivalent:
3592 * @code
3593 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3594 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3595 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3596 * 'skinStyles' => [
3597 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3598 * 'foo' => [
3599 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3600 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3601 * ],
3602 * ],
3603 * ];
3604 * @endcode
3605 *
3606 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3607 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3608 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3609 *
3610 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3611 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3612 *
3613 * @par Example:
3614 * @code
3615 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3616 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3617 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3618 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3619 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3620 * ];
3621 * @endcode
3622 */
3623 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3624
3625 /**
3626 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3627 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3628 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3629 *
3630 * @par Example:
3631 * @code
3632 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3633 * @endcode
3634 */
3635 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3636
3637 /**
3638 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3639 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3640 */
3641 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3642
3643 /**
3644 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3645 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3646 *
3647 * Following options to distinguish:
3648 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3649 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3650 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3651 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3652 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3653 *
3654 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3655 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3656 * client and MediaWiki.
3657 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3658 */
3659 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3660 'versioned' => [
3661 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3662 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3663 ],
3664 'unversioned' => [
3665 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3666 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3667 ],
3668 ];
3669
3670 /**
3671 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3672 *
3673 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3674 */
3675 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3676
3677 /**
3678 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3679 *
3680 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3681 */
3682 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3683
3684 /**
3685 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3686 *
3687 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3688 * work.
3689 *
3690 * @par Example of legacy code:
3691 * @code{,js}
3692 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3693 * @endcode
3694 * or:
3695 * @code{,js}
3696 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3697 * @endcode
3698 *
3699 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3700 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3701 * @code{,js}
3702 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3703 * @endcode
3704 * or:
3705 * @code{,js}
3706 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3707 * @endcode
3708 */
3709 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3710
3711 /**
3712 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3713 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3714 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3715 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3716 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3717 * that you can't increase.
3718 *
3719 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3720 * string length limit.
3721 *
3722 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3723 */
3724 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3725
3726 /**
3727 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3728 * prior to minification to validate it.
3729 *
3730 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3731 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3732 */
3733 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3734
3735 /**
3736 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3737 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3738 *
3739 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3740 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3741 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3742 */
3743 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3744
3745 /**
3746 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3747 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3748 *
3749 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3750 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3751 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3752 *
3753 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3754 *
3755 * @par Example:
3756 * @code
3757 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3758 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3759 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3760 * ];
3761 * @endcode
3762 * @since 1.22
3763 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3764 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3765 */
3766 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3767 /**
3768 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3769 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3770 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3771 * @since 1.27
3772 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3773 */
3774 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3775 ];
3776
3777 /**
3778 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3779 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3780 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3781 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3782 *
3783 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3784 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3785 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3786 * files from its own tree.
3787 *
3788 * @since 1.22
3789 */
3790 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3791 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3792 ];
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3796 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3797 */
3798 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3802 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3803 *
3804 * @since 1.23
3805 */
3806 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3807
3808 /**
3809 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3810 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3811 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3812 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3813 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3814 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3815 * from the rest of the site.
3816 *
3817 * @since 1.25
3818 */
3819 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3820
3821 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3822
3823 /*************************************************************************//**
3824 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3825 * @{
3826 */
3827
3828 /**
3829 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3830 * used instead.
3831 */
3832 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3836 *
3837 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3838 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3839 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3840 */
3841 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3842
3843 /**
3844 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3845 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3846 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3847 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3848 * hook or extension.json.
3849 *
3850 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3851 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3852 * the new namespace name.
3853 *
3854 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3855 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3856 *
3857 * @par Example:
3858 * @code
3859 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3860 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3861 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3862 * 102 => "Aide",
3863 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3864 * ];
3865 * @endcode
3866 *
3867 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3868 */
3869 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3870
3871 /**
3872 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3873 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3874 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3875 * @since 1.18
3876 */
3877 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3878
3879 /**
3880 * Namespace aliases.
3881 *
3882 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3883 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3884 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3885 * name.
3886 *
3887 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3888 *
3889 * @par Example:
3890 * @code
3891 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3892 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3893 * 'Help' => 100,
3894 * ];
3895 * @endcode
3896 */
3897 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3898
3899 /**
3900 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3901 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3902 *
3903 * Problematic punctuation:
3904 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3905 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3906 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3907 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3908 * corrupted by apache
3909 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3910 *
3911 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3912 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3913 *
3914 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3915 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3916 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3917 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3918 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3919 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3920 *
3921 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3922 */
3923 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3924
3925 /**
3926 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3927 *
3928 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3929 */
3930 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3931
3932 /**
3933 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3934 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3935 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3936 *
3937 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3938 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3939 */
3940 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3941
3942 /**
3943 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3944 */
3945 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3946
3947 /**
3948 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3949 * @{
3950 */
3951
3952 /**
3953 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3954 * database (.cdb) file.
3955 *
3956 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3957 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3958 * formats such as the following:
3959 *
3960 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3961 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3962 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3963 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3964 *
3965 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3966 * data layout.
3967 *
3968 * @var bool|array|string
3969 */
3970 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3971
3972 /**
3973 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3974 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3975 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3976 * - 3: site levels
3977 */
3978 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3982 */
3983 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3984
3985 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3986
3987 /**
3988 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3989 * @{
3990 */
3991
3992 /**
3993 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3994 */
3995 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3996
3997 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3998
3999 /**
4000 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4001 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4002 * as 'redirected from' links.
4003 *
4004 * @par Example:
4005 * It might look something like this:
4006 * @code
4007 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4008 * @endcode
4009 *
4010 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4011 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4012 * the URL.
4013 */
4014 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4015
4016 /**
4017 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4018 *
4019 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4020 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4021 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4022 */
4023 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4024
4025 /**
4026 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4027 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4028 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4029 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4030 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4031 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4032 * NS_FILE.
4033 *
4034 * @par Example:
4035 * @code
4036 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4037 * @endcode
4038 */
4039 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4040
4041 /**
4042 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4043 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4044 */
4045 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4046 NS_TALK => true,
4047 NS_USER => true,
4048 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4049 NS_PROJECT => true,
4050 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4051 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4052 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4053 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4054 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4055 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4056 NS_HELP => true,
4057 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4058 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4059 ];
4060
4061 /**
4062 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4063 *
4064 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4065 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4066 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4067 *
4068 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4069 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4070 *
4071 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4072 * the new extension registration system.
4073 *
4074 * @since 1.23
4075 */
4076 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4077
4078 /**
4079 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4080 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4081 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4082 * number of articles in the wiki.
4083 */
4084 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4085
4086 /**
4087 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4088 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4089 * be shown on that page.
4090 * @since 1.30
4091 */
4092 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4093
4094 /**
4095 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4096 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4097 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4098 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4099 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4100 */
4101 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4102
4103 /**
4104 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4105 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4106 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4107 */
4108 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4109
4110 /**
4111 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4112 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4113 * will make the redirect fail.
4114 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4115 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4116 *
4117 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4118 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4119 */
4120 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4121
4122 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4123
4124 /************************************************************************//**
4125 * @name Parser settings
4126 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4127 * @{
4128 */
4129
4130 /**
4131 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4132 *
4133 * class The class name
4134 *
4135 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4136 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4137 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4138 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4139 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4140 *
4141 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4142 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4143 *
4144 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4145 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4146 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4147 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4148 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4149 * an extension setup function.
4150 */
4151 $wgParserConf = [
4152 'class' => Parser::class,
4153 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4154 ];
4155
4156 /**
4157 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4158 */
4159 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4160
4161 /**
4162 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4163 * by PPFrame::expand()
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4169 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4170 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4171 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4172 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4173 *
4174 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4180 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4181 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4182 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4183 */
4184 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4185
4186 /**
4187 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4188 */
4189 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4190
4191 /**
4192 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4193 *
4194 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4195 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4196 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4197 * more information.
4198 *
4199 * @see wfParseUrl
4200 */
4201 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4202 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4203 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4204 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4205 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4206 ];
4207
4208 /**
4209 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4210 */
4211 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4215 */
4216 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4220 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4221 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4222 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4223 *
4224 * @par Examples:
4225 * @code
4226 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4227 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4228 * @endcode
4229 */
4230 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4231
4232 /**
4233 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4234 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4235 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4236 * The image will be displayed.
4237 *
4238 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4239 * Or false to disable it
4240 */
4241 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4242
4243 /**
4244 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4245 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4246 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4247 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4248 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4249 * sites they control.
4250 */
4251 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4252
4253 /**
4254 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4255 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4256 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4257 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4258 *
4259 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4260 * parameters will be used instead.
4261 *
4262 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4263 *
4264 * Keys are:
4265 * - driver: May be:
4266 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4267 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4268 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4269 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4270 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4271 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4272 *
4273 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4274 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4275 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4276 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4277 */
4278 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4279
4280 /**
4281 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4282 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4283 */
4284 $wgUseTidy = false;
4285
4286 /**
4287 * The path to the tidy binary.
4288 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4289 */
4290 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4291
4292 /**
4293 * The path to the tidy config file
4294 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4295 */
4296 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4297
4298 /**
4299 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4300 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4301 */
4302 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4303
4304 /**
4305 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4306 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4307 */
4308 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4309
4310 /**
4311 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4312 * Only works for internal tidy.
4313 */
4314 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4318 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4319 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4320 */
4321 $wgRawHtml = false;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4325 *
4326 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4327 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4328 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4329 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4330 * to some of your users.
4331 */
4332 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4336 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4337 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4338 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4339 */
4340 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4344 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4345 */
4346 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4347
4348 /**
4349 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4350 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4351 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4352 *
4353 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4354 *
4355 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4356 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4357 * etc.
4358 *
4359 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4360 */
4361 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4362
4363 /**
4364 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4365 */
4366 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4367
4368 /**
4369 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4370 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4371 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4372 */
4373 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4374
4375 /**
4376 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4377 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4378 */
4379 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4380
4381 /**
4382 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4383 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4384 */
4385 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4386
4387 /**
4388 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4389 */
4390 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4391
4392 /**
4393 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4394 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4395 */
4396 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4397
4398 /**
4399 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4400 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4401 *
4402 * @since 1.28
4403 */
4404 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4405 'ISBN' => false,
4406 'PMID' => false,
4407 'RFC' => false
4408 ];
4409
4410 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4411
4412 /************************************************************************//**
4413 * @name Statistics
4414 * @{
4415 */
4416
4417 /**
4418 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4419 * as a valid article.
4420 *
4421 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4422 *
4423 * This variable can have the following values:
4424 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4425 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4426 *
4427 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4428 *
4429 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4430 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4431 * script.
4432 */
4433 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4434
4435 /**
4436 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4437 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4438 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4439 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4440 * numbers between different wikis.
4441 */
4442 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4443
4444 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4445
4446 /************************************************************************//**
4447 * @name User accounts, authentication
4448 * @{
4449 */
4450
4451 /**
4452 * Central ID lookup providers
4453 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4454 * @since 1.27
4455 */
4456 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4457 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4458 ];
4459
4460 /**
4461 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4462 * @var string
4463 */
4464 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4465
4466 /**
4467 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4468 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4469 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4470 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4471 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4472 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4473 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4474 * Statements:
4475 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4476 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4477 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4478 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4479 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4480 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4481 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4482 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4483 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4484 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4485 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4486 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4487 * @since 1.26
4488 */
4489 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4490 'policies' => [
4491 'bureaucrat' => [
4492 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4493 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4494 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4495 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4496 ],
4497 'sysop' => [
4498 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4499 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4500 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4501 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4502 ],
4503 'bot' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4507 ],
4508 'default' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4512 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4513 ],
4514 ],
4515 'checks' => [
4516 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4517 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4518 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4519 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4520 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4521 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4522 ],
4523 ];
4524
4525 /**
4526 * Configure AuthManager
4527 *
4528 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4529 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4530 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4531 * (default is 0).
4532 *
4533 * Elements are:
4534 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4535 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4536 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4537 *
4538 * @since 1.27
4539 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4540 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4541 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4542 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4543 */
4544 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4545
4546 /**
4547 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4548 * @since 1.27
4549 */
4550 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4551 'preauth' => [
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'sort' => 0,
4555 ],
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'sort' => 0,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 'primaryauth' => [
4562 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4563 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4564 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4565 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4566 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4567 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4568 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'args' => [ [
4572 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4573 'authoritative' => false,
4574 ] ],
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4578 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4579 'args' => [ [
4580 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4581 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4582 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4583 // password") if it too fails.
4584 'authoritative' => true,
4585 ] ],
4586 'sort' => 100,
4587 ],
4588 ],
4589 'secondaryauth' => [
4590 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4591 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'sort' => 100,
4597 ],
4598 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4599 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 // 'sort' => 100,
4602 // ],
4603 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4604 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4605 'sort' => 200,
4606 ],
4607 ],
4608 ];
4609
4610 /**
4611 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4612 *
4613 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4614 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4615 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4616 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4617 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4618 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4619 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4620 * that needs to do this.
4621 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4622 * the last X seconds.
4623 * - Come up with a third option.
4624 *
4625 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4626 * "X seconds".
4627 *
4628 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4629 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4630 * - LinkAccounts
4631 * - UnlinkAccount
4632 * - ChangeCredentials
4633 * - RemoveCredentials
4634 * - ChangeEmail
4635 *
4636 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4637 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4638 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4639 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4640 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4641 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4642 *
4643 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4644 *
4645 * @since 1.27
4646 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4647 */
4648 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4649 'default' => 300,
4650 ];
4651
4652 /**
4653 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4654 *
4655 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4656 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4657 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4658 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4659 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4660 *
4661 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4662 *
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4665 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4666 */
4667 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4668 'default' => true,
4669 ];
4670
4671 /**
4672 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4673 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4674 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4675 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4676 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4677 * @since 1.27
4678 * @var string[]
4679 */
4680 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4681 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4682 ];
4683
4684 /**
4685 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4686 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4687 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4688 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4689 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4690 * @since 1.27
4691 * @var string[]
4692 */
4693 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4694 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4695 ];
4696
4697 /**
4698 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4699 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4700 */
4701 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4702
4703 /**
4704 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4705 * words are allowed.
4706 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4707 */
4708 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4712 *
4713 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4714 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4715 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4716 *
4717 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4718 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4719 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4720 */
4721 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4722
4723 /**
4724 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4725 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4726 * @since 1.23
4727 */
4728 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4729
4730 /**
4731 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4732 *
4733 * @since 1.24
4734 */
4735 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4736
4737 /**
4738 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4739 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4740 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4741 *
4742 * An advanced example:
4743 * @code
4744 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4745 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4746 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4747 * 'secrets' => [],
4748 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4749 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4750 * 'cost' => 5,
4751 * ];
4752 * @endcode
4753 *
4754 * @since 1.24
4755 */
4756 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4757 'A' => [
4758 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4759 ],
4760 'B' => [
4761 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4762 ],
4763 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4764 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4765 'types' => [
4766 'A',
4767 'pbkdf2',
4768 ],
4769 ],
4770 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4771 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4772 'types' => [
4773 'B',
4774 'pbkdf2',
4775 ],
4776 ],
4777 'bcrypt' => [
4778 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4779 'cost' => 9,
4780 ],
4781 'pbkdf2' => [
4782 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4783 'algo' => 'sha512',
4784 'cost' => '30000',
4785 'length' => '64',
4786 ],
4787 ];
4788
4789 /**
4790 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4791 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4792 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4793 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4794 */
4795 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4796 'username' => true,
4797 'email' => true,
4798 ];
4799
4800 /**
4801 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4802 */
4803 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4804
4805 /**
4806 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4807 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4808 */
4809 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4813 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4814 */
4815 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4816 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4817 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4818 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4819 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4820 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4821 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4822 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4823 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4824 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4825 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4826 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4827 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4828 ];
4829
4830 /**
4831 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4832 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4833 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4834 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4835 */
4836 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4837 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4838 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4839 'date' => 'default',
4840 'diffonly' => 0,
4841 'disablemail' => 0,
4842 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4843 'editondblclick' => 0,
4844 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4845 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4846 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4847 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4848 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4849 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4850 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4851 'fancysig' => 0,
4852 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4853 'gender' => 'unknown',
4854 'hideminor' => 0,
4855 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4856 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4857 'imagesize' => 2,
4858 'minordefault' => 0,
4859 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4860 'nickname' => '',
4861 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4862 'numberheadings' => 0,
4863 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4864 'previewontop' => 1,
4865 'rcdays' => 7,
4866 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4867 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4868 'rclimit' => 50,
4869 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4870 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4871 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4872 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4873 'skin' => false,
4874 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4875 'thumbsize' => 5,
4876 'underline' => 2,
4877 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4878 'usenewrc' => 1,
4879 'watchcreations' => 1,
4880 'watchdefault' => 1,
4881 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4882 'watchuploads' => 1,
4883 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4884 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4889 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4891 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4892 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4893 'watchmoves' => 0,
4894 'watchrollback' => 0,
4895 'wllimit' => 250,
4896 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4897 'prefershttps' => 1,
4898 ];
4899
4900 /**
4901 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4902 */
4903 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4904
4905 /**
4906 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4907 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4908 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4909 */
4910 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4911
4912 /**
4913 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4914 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4915 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4916 *
4917 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4918 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4919 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4920 */
4921 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4922
4923 /**
4924 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4925 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4926 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4927 * @since 1.17
4928 */
4929 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4933 *
4934 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4935 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4936 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4937 *
4938 * @since 1.27
4939 * @var string|null
4940 */
4941 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4942
4943 /**
4944 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4945 *
4946 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4947 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4948 *
4949 * @since 1.27
4950 */
4951 $wgSessionProviders = [
4952 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4953 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4954 'args' => [ [
4955 'priority' => 30,
4956 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4957 ] ],
4958 ],
4959 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4960 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4961 'args' => [ [
4962 'priority' => 75,
4963 ] ],
4964 ],
4965 ];
4966
4967 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4968
4969 /************************************************************************//**
4970 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4971 * @{
4972 */
4973
4974 /**
4975 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4976 */
4977 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4978
4979 /**
4980 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4981 */
4982 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4986 */
4987 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4988
4989 /**
4990 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4991 *
4992 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4993 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4994 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4995 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4996 *
4997 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4998 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4999 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5000 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5001 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5002 */
5003 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5004 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5005 'IPv6' => 19,
5006 ];
5007
5008 /**
5009 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5010 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5011 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5012 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5013 * anonymous visitors.
5014 */
5015 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5016
5017 /**
5018 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5019 *
5020 * @par Example:
5021 * @code
5022 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5023 * @endcode
5024 *
5025 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5026 *
5027 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5028 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5029 *
5030 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5031 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5032 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5033 *
5034 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5035 * hook instead.
5036 */
5037 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5038
5039 /**
5040 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5041 *
5042 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5043 * is without underscore.
5044 *
5045 * @par Example:
5046 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5047 * @code
5048 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5049 * @endcode
5050 *
5051 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5052 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5053 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5054 *
5055 * @par Example:
5056 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5057 * @code
5058 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5059 * @endcode
5060 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5061 *
5062 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5063 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5064 */
5065 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5066
5067 /**
5068 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5069 * address before being allowed to edit?
5070 */
5071 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5072
5073 /**
5074 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5075 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5076 */
5077 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5078
5079 /**
5080 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5081 *
5082 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5083 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5084 *
5085 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5086 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5087 *
5088 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5089 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5090 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5091 * in in the user_groups table.
5092 *
5093 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5094 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5095 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5096 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5097 *
5098 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5099 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5100 *
5101 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5102 */
5103 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5104
5105 /** @cond file_level_code */
5106 // Implicit group for all visitors
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5118 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5119
5120 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5143
5144 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5147
5148 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5149 // from various log pages by default
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5158
5159 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5163 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5165 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5167 // can view deleted revision text
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5201 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5205
5206 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5209 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5211 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5213
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5216 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5218 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5220 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5222 // For private suppression log access
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5224
5225 /**
5226 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5227 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5228 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5229 * server.
5230 */
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5232
5233 /** @endcond */
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5237 *
5238 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5239 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5240 *
5241 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5242 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5243 */
5244 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5245
5246 /**
5247 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5248 */
5249 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5250
5251 /**
5252 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5253 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5254 *
5255 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5256 * group".
5257 *
5258 * @par Example:
5259 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5260 * @code
5261 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5262 * @endcode
5263 *
5264 * @par Example:
5265 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5266 * @code
5267 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5268 * @endcode
5269 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5270 * any group that they happen to be in.
5271 */
5272 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5276 */
5277 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5281 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5282 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5283 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5284 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5285 */
5286 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5290 *
5291 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5292 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5293 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5294 *
5295 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5296 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5297 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5298 */
5299 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5300
5301 /**
5302 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5303 *
5304 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5305 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5306 *
5307 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5308 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5309 */
5310 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5314 *
5315 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5316 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5317 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5318 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5319 * "semiprotected".
5320 *
5321 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5322 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5323 */
5324 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5328 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5329 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5330 *
5331 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5332 */
5333 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5337 *
5338 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5339 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5340 *
5341 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5342 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5343 */
5344 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5348 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5349 * privileges of new accounts.
5350 *
5351 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5352 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5353 *
5354 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5355 *
5356 * @par Example:
5357 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Set age to one day:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5364 * @endcode
5365 */
5366 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5367
5368 /**
5369 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5370 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5371 *
5372 * @par Example:
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5375 * @endcode
5376 */
5377 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5378
5379 /**
5380 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5381 *
5382 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5383 *
5384 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5385 * 'groupname' => cond,
5386 * 'group2' => cond2,
5387 * );
5388 *
5389 * A `cond` may be:
5390 * - a single condition without arguments:
5391 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5392 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5393 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5394 * - a single condition with arguments:
5395 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5396 * - a set of conditions:
5397 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5398 *
5399 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5400 * - `&` (**AND**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5402 * - `|` (**OR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5404 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5405 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5406 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5407 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5408 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5409 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5410 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5411 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5412 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5413 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5414 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5415 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5416 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5417 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5418 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5419 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5420 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5421 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5422 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5423 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5425 * true if the user is blocked
5426 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5427 * true if the user is a bot
5428 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5429 *
5430 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5431 * linked by operands.
5432 *
5433 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5434 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5435 */
5436 $wgAutopromote = [
5437 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5438 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5439 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5440 ],
5441 ];
5442
5443 /**
5444 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5445 *
5446 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5447 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5448 *
5449 * The format is:
5450 * @code
5451 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5452 * @endcode
5453 * Where event is either:
5454 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5455 *
5456 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5457 *
5458 * @see $wgAutopromote
5459 * @since 1.18
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5462 'onEdit' => [],
5463 ];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5467 * @since 1.18
5468 */
5469 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5470
5471 /**
5472 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5473 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5474 *
5475 * @par Example:
5476 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Sysops can make bots:
5485 * @code
5486 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5487 * @endcode
5488 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5491 * @endcode
5492 */
5493 $wgAddGroups = [];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * @see $wgAddGroups
5497 */
5498 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5499
5500 /**
5501 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5502 * For extensions only.
5503 */
5504 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5508 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5509 */
5510 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5511
5512 /**
5513 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5514 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5515 * This is limited for performance reason.
5516 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5517 * @since 1.23
5518 */
5519 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5523 *
5524 * @par Example:
5525 * @code
5526 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5527 * // no more than 100 per month
5528 * [
5529 * 'count' => 100,
5530 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5531 * ],
5532 * // no more than 10 per day
5533 * [
5534 * 'count' => 10,
5535 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5536 * ],
5537 * ];
5538 * @endcode
5539 *
5540 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5541 */
5542 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5543 'count' => 0,
5544 'seconds' => 86400,
5545 ] ];
5546
5547 /**
5548 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5549 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5550 *
5551 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5552 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5553 *
5554 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5555 *
5556 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5557 */
5558 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5559
5560 /**
5561 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5562 */
5563 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5564
5565 /**
5566 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5567 * proxies
5568 * @since 1.16
5569 */
5570 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5574 *
5575 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5576 * the blacklist require a key).
5577 *
5578 * @par Example:
5579 * @code
5580 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5581 * // String containing URL
5582 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5583 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5584 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5585 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5586 * // just use a string as shown above
5587 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5592 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5593 * @since 1.16
5594 */
5595 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5599 * what the other methods might say.
5600 */
5601 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5605 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5606 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5607 * @since 1.29
5608 * @var string[]
5609 */
5610 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5614 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5615 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5616 */
5617 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5618
5619 /**
5620 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5621 *
5622 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5623 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5624 * elapses.
5625 *
5626 * @par Example:
5627 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5628 * @code
5629 * $wgRateLimits = [
5630 * 'edit' => [
5631 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5632 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5633 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5634 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5635 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5636 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5637 * ]
5638 * ];
5639 * @endcode
5640 *
5641 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5642 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5643 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5644 * @code
5645 * $wgRateLimits = [
5646 * 'some-action' => [
5647 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5648 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5649 * ];
5650 * @endcode
5651 *
5652 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5653 */
5654 $wgRateLimits = [
5655 // Page edits
5656 'edit' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5659 ],
5660 // Page moves
5661 'move' => [
5662 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5663 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5664 ],
5665 // File uploads
5666 'upload' => [
5667 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5668 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5669 ],
5670 // Page rollbacks
5671 'rollback' => [
5672 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5673 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5674 ],
5675 // Triggering password resets emails
5676 'mailpassword' => [
5677 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5680 'emailuser' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5682 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5683 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Purging pages
5686 'purge' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5688 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5689 ],
5690 // Purges of link tables
5691 'linkpurge' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5693 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5696 'renderfile' => [
5697 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5698 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5701 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5703 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5706 'stashedit' => [
5707 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5708 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Adding or removing change tags
5711 'changetag' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5713 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5714 ],
5715 // Changing the content model of a page
5716 'editcontentmodel' => [
5717 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5718 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5719 ],
5720 ];
5721
5722 /**
5723 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5724 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5725 */
5726 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5727
5728 /**
5729 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5730 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5731 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5732 */
5733 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5734
5735 /**
5736 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5737 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5738 */
5739 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5740
5741 /**
5742 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5743 *
5744 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5745 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5746 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5747 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5748 *
5749 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5750 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5751 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5752 */
5753 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5754 // Short term limit
5755 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5756 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5757 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5758 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5759 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5760 ];
5761
5762 /**
5763 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5764 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5765 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5766 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5767 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5768 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5769 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5770 * @since 1.27
5771 */
5772 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5773
5774 // @TODO: clean up grants
5775 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5776
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5787
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5792
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5800
5801 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5808
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5814
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5834
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5860
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5864
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5866
5867 /**
5868 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5869 * @since 1.27
5870 */
5871 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5872 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5873 'basic' => 'hidden',
5874
5875 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5876 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5877 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5878 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5879
5880 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5881 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5882
5883 'sendemail' => 'email',
5884
5885 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5886 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5887
5888 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5889 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5890
5891 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5892 'rollback' => 'administration',
5893 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5894 'delete' => 'administration',
5895 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5896 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5897 'protect' => 'administration',
5898 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5899
5900 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5901
5902 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5903 ];
5904
5905 /**
5906 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5907 * @since 1.27
5908 */
5909 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5910
5911 /**
5912 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5913 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5914 * @since 1.27
5915 */
5916 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5917
5918 /**
5919 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5920 *
5921 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5922 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5923 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5924 * @since 1.27
5925 */
5926 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5927
5928 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5929
5930 /************************************************************************//**
5931 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5932 * @{
5933 */
5934
5935 /**
5936 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5937 */
5938 $wgSecretKey = false;
5939
5940 /**
5941 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5942 *
5943 * This can have the following formats:
5944 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5945 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5946 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5947 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5948 */
5949 $wgProxyList = [];
5950
5951 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5952
5953 /************************************************************************//**
5954 * @name Cookie settings
5955 * @{
5956 */
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5960 */
5961 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5962
5963 /**
5964 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5965 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5966 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5967 * login cookies session-only.
5968 */
5969 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5970
5971 /**
5972 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5973 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5974 */
5975 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5979 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5980 */
5981 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5982
5983 /**
5984 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5985 * - true: Set secure flag
5986 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5987 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5988 */
5989 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5990
5991 /**
5992 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5993 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5994 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5995 * check.
5996 */
5997 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5998
5999 /**
6000 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6001 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6002 * name to be used as a prefix.
6003 */
6004 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6008 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6009 * XSS attack.
6010 */
6011 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6012
6013 /**
6014 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6015 */
6016 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6017
6018 /**
6019 * Override to customise the session name
6020 */
6021 $wgSessionName = false;
6022
6023 /**
6024 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6025 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6026 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6027 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6028 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6029 */
6030 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6031
6032 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6033
6034 /************************************************************************//**
6035 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6036 * @{
6037 */
6038
6039 /**
6040 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6041 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6042 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6043 * Please see math/README for more information.
6044 */
6045 $wgUseTeX = false;
6046
6047 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6048
6049 /************************************************************************//**
6050 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6051 *
6052 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6053 *
6054 * @{
6055 */
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6059 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6060 * may contain private data.
6061 */
6062 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Prefix for debug log lines
6066 */
6067 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6068
6069 /**
6070 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6071 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6072 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6073 */
6074 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6075
6076 /**
6077 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6078 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6079 * and gen=js requests.
6080 */
6081 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6082
6083 /**
6084 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6085 *
6086 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6087 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6088 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6089 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6090 */
6091 $wgDebugComments = false;
6092
6093 /**
6094 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6095 *
6096 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6097 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6098 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6099 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6100 */
6101 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6102
6103 /**
6104 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6105 *
6106 * @since 1.26
6107 */
6108 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6109 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6110 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6111 'GET' => [
6112 'masterConns' => 0,
6113 'writes' => 0,
6114 'readQueryTime' => 5
6115 ],
6116 // HTTP POST requests.
6117 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6118 'POST' => [
6119 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6120 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6121 'maxAffected' => 1000
6122 ],
6123 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6124 'masterConns' => 0,
6125 'writes' => 0,
6126 'readQueryTime' => 5
6127 ],
6128 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6129 'PostSend-GET' => [
6130 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6131 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6132 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6133 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6134 'masterConns' => 0,
6135 'writes' => 0,
6136 ],
6137 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6138 'PostSend-POST' => [
6139 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6140 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6141 'maxAffected' => 1000
6142 ],
6143 // Background job runner
6144 'JobRunner' => [
6145 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6146 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6147 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6148 ],
6149 // Command-line scripts
6150 'Maintenance' => [
6151 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6152 'maxAffected' => 1000
6153 ]
6154 ];
6155
6156 /**
6157 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6158 *
6159 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6160 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6161 * in production.
6162 *
6163 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6164 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6165 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6166 * - associative array with keys:
6167 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6168 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6169 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6170 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6171 *
6172 * @par Example:
6173 * @code
6174 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6175 * @endcode
6176 *
6177 * @par Advanced example:
6178 * @code
6179 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6180 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6181 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6182 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6183 * ];
6184 * @endcode
6185 */
6186 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6187
6188 /**
6189 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6190 *
6191 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6192 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6193 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6194 * details.
6195 *
6196 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6197 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6198 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6199 *
6200 * @par To completely disable logging:
6201 * @code
6202 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6203 * @endcode
6204 *
6205 * @since 1.25
6206 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6207 * @see MwLogger
6208 */
6209 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6210 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6211 ];
6212
6213 /**
6214 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6215 *
6216 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6217 */
6218 $wgShowDebug = false;
6219
6220 /**
6221 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6222 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6223 */
6224 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6225
6226 /**
6227 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6228 */
6229 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6233 */
6234 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6235
6236 /**
6237 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6238 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6239 * to an attacker.
6240 */
6241 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6242
6243 /**
6244 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6245 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6246 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6247 * formatting.
6248 */
6249 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6250
6251 /**
6252 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6253 *
6254 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6255 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6256 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6257 * exception handler.
6258 */
6259 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6263 */
6264 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6265
6266 /**
6267 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6268 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6269 */
6270 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6271
6272 /**
6273 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6274 */
6275 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6279 * Should be a string, default false.
6280 * @since 1.20
6281 */
6282 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6283
6284 /**
6285 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6286 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6287 */
6288 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6292 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6293 * after the limit.
6294 */
6295 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * Profiler configuration.
6299 *
6300 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6301 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6302 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6303 *
6304 * Example:
6305 *
6306 * @code
6307 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6308 * @endcode
6309 *
6310 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6311 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6312 *
6313 * @code
6314 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6315 * @endcode
6316 *
6317 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6318 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6319 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6320 *
6321 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6322 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6323 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6324 *
6325 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6326 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6327 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6328 *
6329 * @code
6330 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6331 * @endcode
6332 *
6333 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6334 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6335 *
6336 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6337 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6338 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6339 *
6340 * @code
6341 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6342 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6343 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6344 * @endcode
6345 *
6346 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6347 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6348 *
6349 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6350 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6351 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6352 *
6353 * @since 1.17.0
6354 */
6355 $wgProfiler = [];
6356
6357 /**
6358 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6359 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6360 */
6361 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6362
6363 /**
6364 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6365 *
6366 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6367 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6368 */
6369 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6370
6371 /**
6372 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6373 *
6374 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6375 *
6376 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6377 *
6378 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6379 * @since 1.25
6380 */
6381 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6385 *
6386 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6387 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6388 * @since 1.25
6389 */
6390 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6391
6392 /**
6393 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6394 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6395 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6396 * @since 1.28
6397 */
6398 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6399 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6400 ];
6401
6402 /**
6403 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6404 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6405 * templates.
6406 */
6407 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6408
6409 /**
6410 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6411 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6412 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6413 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6414 */
6415 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6419 * filename is passed to it.
6420 *
6421 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6422 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6423 *
6424 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6425 *
6426 * Use full paths.
6427 *
6428 * @deprecated since 1.30
6429 */
6430 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6434 */
6435 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6439 * @since 1.19
6440 */
6441 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6445 * queries and other useful output.
6446 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6447 *
6448 * @since 1.19
6449 */
6450 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6451
6452 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6453
6454 /************************************************************************//**
6455 * @name Search
6456 * @{
6457 */
6458
6459 /**
6460 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6461 */
6462 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6463
6464 /**
6465 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6466 * by default off due to execution overhead
6467 */
6468 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6469
6470 /**
6471 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6472 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6473 */
6474 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6475
6476 /**
6477 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6478 *
6479 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6480 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6481 *
6482 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6483 *
6484 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6485 */
6486 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6487
6488 /**
6489 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6490 *
6491 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6492 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6493 *
6494 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6495 */
6496 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6497 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6498 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6499 ];
6500
6501 /**
6502 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6503 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6504 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6505 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6506 */
6507 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6511 * OpenSearch call.
6512 */
6513 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6514
6515 /**
6516 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6517 */
6518 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6522 */
6523 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6524
6525 /**
6526 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6527 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6528 */
6529 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6530
6531 /**
6532 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6533 *
6534 * @par Example:
6535 * @code
6536 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6537 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6538 * @endcode
6539 */
6540 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6541 NS_MAIN => true,
6542 ];
6543
6544 /**
6545 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6546 * implemented by an extension instead.
6547 */
6548 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6549
6550 /**
6551 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6552 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6553 * search term.
6554 *
6555 * @par Example:
6556 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6557 * @code
6558 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6559 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6560 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6561 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6562 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6563 * @endcode
6564 */
6565 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Search form behavior.
6569 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6570 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6571 */
6572 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6573
6574 /**
6575 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6576 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6577 * generated for all namespaces.
6578 */
6579 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6583 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6584 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6585 *
6586 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6587 * @par Example:
6588 * @code
6589 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6590 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6591 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6592 * ];
6593 * @endcode
6594 */
6595 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6596
6597 /**
6598 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6599 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6600 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6601 */
6602 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6603
6604 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6605
6606 /************************************************************************//**
6607 * @name Edit user interface
6608 * @{
6609 */
6610
6611 /**
6612 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6613 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6614 */
6615 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6616
6617 /**
6618 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6619 */
6620 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6624 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6625 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6626 */
6627 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6628 NS_CATEGORY => true
6629 ];
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6633 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6634 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6635 */
6636 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6640 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6641 * ting this variable false.
6642 */
6643 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6644
6645 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6646
6647 /************************************************************************//**
6648 * @name Maintenance
6649 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6650 * @{
6651 */
6652
6653 /**
6654 * @cond file_level_code
6655 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6656 */
6657 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6658 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6659 }
6660 /** @endcond */
6661
6662 /**
6663 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6664 */
6665 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6666
6667 /**
6668 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6669 * used as an explanation to users.
6670 *
6671 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6672 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6673 * option in MySQL.
6674 */
6675 $wgReadOnly = null;
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6679 * @var bool
6680 * @since 1.31
6681 */
6682 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6683
6684 /**
6685 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6686 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6687 * message.
6688 *
6689 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6690 */
6691 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6695 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6696 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6697 *
6698 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6699 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6700 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6701 */
6702 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6703
6704 /**
6705 * Fully specified path to git binary
6706 */
6707 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6708
6709 /**
6710 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6711 *
6712 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6713 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6714 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6715 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6716 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6717 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6718 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6719 *
6720 * @since 1.20
6721 */
6722 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6723 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6724 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6725 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6726 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6727 ];
6728
6729 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6730
6731 /************************************************************************//**
6732 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6733 * @{
6734 */
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6738 * seconds will go.
6739 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6740 */
6741 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6742
6743 /**
6744 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6745 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6746 * @since 1.26
6747 */
6748 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6749
6750 /**
6751 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6752 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6753 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6754 * @since 1.26
6755 */
6756 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6757
6758 /**
6759 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6760 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6761 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6762 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6763 * is still there.
6764 */
6765 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6766
6767 /**
6768 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6769 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6770 */
6771 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6772
6773 /**
6774 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6775 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6776 */
6777 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6778
6779 /**
6780 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6781 *
6782 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6783 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6784 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6785 *
6786 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6787 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6788 * passed to the constructor.
6789 *
6790 * Common options:
6791 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6792 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6793 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6794 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6795 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6796 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6797 *
6798 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6799 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6800 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6801 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6802 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6803 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6804 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6805 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6806 *
6807 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6808 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6809 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6810 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6811 *
6812 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6813 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6814 *
6815 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6816 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6817 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6818 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6819 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6820 * ];
6821 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6822 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6823 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6824 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6825 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6826 * ];
6827 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6828 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6829 * ];
6830 * @since 1.22
6831 */
6832 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6833
6834 /**
6835 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6836 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6837 * @since 1.22
6838 */
6839 $wgRCEngines = [
6840 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6841 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6842 ];
6843
6844 /**
6845 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6846 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6847 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6848 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6849 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6850 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6851 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6852 *
6853 * @since 1.27
6854 */
6855 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6856
6857 /**
6858 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6859 * New pages and new files are included.
6860 *
6861 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6862 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6863 * Special:Log.
6864 */
6865 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6869 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6870 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6871 * that lets users disable them.
6872 *
6873 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6874 *
6875 * @since 1.30
6876 */
6877 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6878
6879 /**
6880 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6881 *
6882 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6883 */
6884 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6885
6886 /**
6887 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6888 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6889 * 0 to disable completely.
6890 */
6891 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6895 *
6896 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6897 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6898 * Special:Log.
6899 */
6900 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6901
6902 /**
6903 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6904 *
6905 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6906 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6907 * Special:Log.
6908 *
6909 * @since 1.27
6910 */
6911 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6915 */
6916 $wgFeed = true;
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6920 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6921 */
6922 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6926 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6927 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6928 *
6929 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6930 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6931 */
6932 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6936 * pages larger than this size.
6937 */
6938 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6942 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6943 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6944 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6945 * as value.
6946 * @par Example:
6947 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6948 * @code
6949 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6950 * @endcode
6951 */
6952 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6953
6954 /**
6955 * Available feeds objects.
6956 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6957 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6958 */
6959 $wgFeedClasses = [
6960 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6961 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6962 ];
6963
6964 /**
6965 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6966 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6967 */
6968 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6969
6970 /**
6971 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6972 */
6973 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6974
6975 /**
6976 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6977 */
6978 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6979
6980 /**
6981 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6982 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6983 * highlighted on the RC page.
6984 */
6985 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6986
6987 /**
6988 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6989 * view for watched pages with new changes
6990 */
6991 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6992
6993 /**
6994 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6995 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6996 */
6997 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6998
6999 /**
7000 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7001 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7002 */
7003 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7004
7005 /**
7006 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7007 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7008 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7009 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7010 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7011 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7012 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7013 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7014 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7015 *
7016 * @var array
7017 * @since 1.31
7018 */
7019 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7020 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7021 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7022 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7023 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7024 'mw-blank' => true,
7025 'mw-replace' => true,
7026 'mw-rollback' => true,
7027 'mw-undo' => true,
7028 ];
7029
7030 /**
7031 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7032 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7033 * watchers.
7034 *
7035 * @since 1.21
7036 */
7037 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7038
7039 /**
7040 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7041 * certain types of edits.
7042 *
7043 * To register a new one:
7044 * @code
7045 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7046 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7047 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7048 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7049 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7050 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7051 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7052 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7053 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7054 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7055 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7056 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7057 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7058 * ];
7059 * @endcode
7060 *
7061 * @since 1.22
7062 */
7063 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7064 'newpage' => [
7065 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7066 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7067 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7068 'grouping' => 'any',
7069 ],
7070 'minor' => [
7071 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7072 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7073 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7074 'class' => 'minoredit',
7075 'grouping' => 'all',
7076 ],
7077 'bot' => [
7078 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7079 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7080 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7081 'class' => 'botedit',
7082 'grouping' => 'all',
7083 ],
7084 'unpatrolled' => [
7085 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7086 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7087 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7088 'grouping' => 'any',
7089 ],
7090 ];
7091
7092 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7093
7094 /************************************************************************//**
7095 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7096 * @{
7097 */
7098
7099 /**
7100 * Override for copyright metadata.
7101 *
7102 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7103 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7104 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7105 */
7106 $wgRightsPage = null;
7107
7108 /**
7109 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7110 * wiki.
7111 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7112 */
7113 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7114
7115 /**
7116 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7117 * link.
7118 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7119 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7120 */
7121 $wgRightsText = null;
7122
7123 /**
7124 * Override for copyright metadata.
7125 */
7126 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7127
7128 /**
7129 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7130 */
7131 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7135 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7136 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7137 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7138 * large wikis.
7139 */
7140 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7141
7142 /**
7143 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7144 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7145 */
7146 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7147
7148 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7149
7150 /************************************************************************//**
7151 * @name Import / Export
7152 * @{
7153 */
7154
7155 /**
7156 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7157 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7158 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7159 *
7160 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7161 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7162 * e.g.
7163 * @code
7164 * $wgImportSources = [
7165 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7166 * 'wikispecies',
7167 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7168 * ];
7169 * @endcode
7170 *
7171 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7172 * the ImportSources hook.
7173 *
7174 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7175 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7176 */
7177 $wgImportSources = [];
7178
7179 /**
7180 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7181 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7182 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7183 *
7184 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7185 */
7186 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7187
7188 /**
7189 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7190 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7191 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7192 */
7193 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7194
7195 /**
7196 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7197 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7198 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7199 */
7200 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7201
7202 /**
7203 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7204 */
7205 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7206
7207 /**
7208 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7209 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7210 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7211 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7212 * it's disabled by default for now.
7213 *
7214 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7215 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7216 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7217 */
7218 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7219
7220 /**
7221 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7222 */
7223 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7224
7225 /**
7226 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7227 */
7228 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7229
7230 /**
7231 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7232 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7233 *
7234 * @since 1.27
7235 */
7236 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7237
7238 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7239
7240 /*************************************************************************//**
7241 * @name Extensions
7242 * @{
7243 */
7244
7245 /**
7246 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7247 * initialised
7248 */
7249 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Extension messages files.
7253 *
7254 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7255 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7256 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7257 * is the most common.
7258 *
7259 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7260 * in the core.
7261 *
7262 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7263 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7264 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7265 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7266 *
7267 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7268 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7269 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7270 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7271 *
7272 * @par Example:
7273 * @code
7274 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7275 * @endcode
7276 */
7277 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7278
7279 /**
7280 * Extension messages directories.
7281 *
7282 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7283 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7284 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7285 * message directories.
7286 *
7287 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7288 *
7289 * @par Simple example:
7290 * @code
7291 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7292 * @endcode
7293 *
7294 * @par Complex example:
7295 * @code
7296 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7297 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7298 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7299 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7300 * ]
7301 * @endcode
7302 * @since 1.23
7303 */
7304 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7305
7306 /**
7307 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7308 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7309 * @since 1.22
7310 */
7311 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7312
7313 /**
7314 * Parser output hooks.
7315 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7316 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7317 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7318 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7319 *
7320 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7321 *
7322 * The callback has the form:
7323 * @code
7324 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7325 * @endcode
7326 */
7327 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7328
7329 /**
7330 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7331 */
7332 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7333
7334 /**
7335 * List of valid skin names
7336 *
7337 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7338 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7339 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7340 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7341 */
7342 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7343
7344 /**
7345 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7346 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7347 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7348 * SpecialPage.
7349 */
7350 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7351
7352 /**
7353 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7354 */
7355 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7356
7357 /**
7358 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7359 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7360 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7361 */
7362 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7363
7364 /**
7365 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7366 *
7367 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7368 *
7369 * @code
7370 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7371 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7372 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7373 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7374 * 'author' => [
7375 * 'Foo Barstein',
7376 * ],
7377 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7378 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7379 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7380 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7381 * ];
7382 * @endcode
7383 *
7384 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7385 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7386 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7387 * interpreted as wikitext.
7388 *
7389 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7390 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7391 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7392 *
7393 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7394 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7395 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7396 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7397 *
7398 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7399 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7400 * usually are.)
7401 *
7402 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7403 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7404 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7405 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7406 *
7407 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7408 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7409 *
7410 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7411 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7412 *
7413 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7414 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7415 */
7416 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7417
7418 /**
7419 * Authentication plugin.
7420 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7421 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7422 */
7423 $wgAuth = null;
7424
7425 /**
7426 * Global list of hooks.
7427 *
7428 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7429 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7430 * internally by Hook:run().
7431 *
7432 * The value can be one of:
7433 *
7434 * - A function name:
7435 * @code
7436 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7437 * @endcode
7438 * - A function with some data:
7439 * @code
7440 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7441 * @endcode
7442 * - A an object method:
7443 * @code
7444 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7445 * @endcode
7446 * - A closure:
7447 * @code
7448 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7449 * // Handler code goes here.
7450 * };
7451 * @endcode
7452 *
7453 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7454 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7455 *
7456 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7457 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7458 */
7459 $wgHooks = [];
7460
7461 /**
7462 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7463 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7464 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7465 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7466 * hook for that.
7467 *
7468 * @see MediaWikiServices
7469 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7470 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7471 */
7472 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7473 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7474 ];
7475
7476 /**
7477 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7478 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7479 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7480 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7481 */
7482 $wgJobClasses = [
7483 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7484 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7485 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7486 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7487 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7488 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7489 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7490 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7491 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7492 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7493 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7494 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7495 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7496 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7497 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7498 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7499 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7500 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7501 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7502 'null' => NullJob::class,
7503 ];
7504
7505 /**
7506 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7507 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7508 *
7509 * These can be:
7510 * - Very long-running jobs.
7511 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7512 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7513 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7514 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7515 */
7516 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7517
7518 /**
7519 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7520 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7521 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7522 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7523 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7524 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7525 * @var float[]
7526 */
7527 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7528
7529 /**
7530 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7531 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7532 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7533 *
7534 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7535 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7536 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7537 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7538 *
7539 * @var float|bool
7540 * @since 1.26
7541 */
7542 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7543
7544 /**
7545 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7546 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7547 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7548 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7549 */
7550 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7551 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7552 ];
7553
7554 /**
7555 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7556 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7557 */
7558 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7559 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7560 ];
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7564 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7565 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7566 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7567 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7568 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7569 * that limit is hit.
7570 *
7571 * @since 1.29
7572 */
7573 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7574
7575 /**
7576 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7577 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7578 */
7579 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7580 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7581 ];
7582
7583 /**
7584 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7585 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7586 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7587 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7588 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7589 */
7590 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7591 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7592 ];
7593
7594 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7595
7596 /*************************************************************************//**
7597 * @name Categories
7598 * @{
7599 */
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7603 */
7604 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7605
7606 /**
7607 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7608 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7609 */
7610 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7611
7612 /**
7613 * Paging limit for categories
7614 */
7615 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7616
7617 /**
7618 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7619 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7620 *
7621 * Available values are:
7622 *
7623 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7624 *
7625 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7626 *
7627 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7628 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7629 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7630 *
7631 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7632 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7633 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7634 * server.
7635 *
7636 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7637 * the sort keys in the database.
7638 *
7639 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7640 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7641 */
7642 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7643
7644 /** @} */ # End categories }
7645
7646 /*************************************************************************//**
7647 * @name Logging
7648 * @{
7649 */
7650
7651 /**
7652 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7653 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7654 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7655 * log type.
7656 */
7657 $wgLogTypes = [
7658 '',
7659 'block',
7660 'protect',
7661 'rights',
7662 'delete',
7663 'upload',
7664 'move',
7665 'import',
7666 'patrol',
7667 'merge',
7668 'suppress',
7669 'tag',
7670 'managetags',
7671 'contentmodel',
7672 ];
7673
7674 /**
7675 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7676 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7677 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7678 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7679 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7680 */
7681 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7682 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7683 ];
7684
7685 /**
7686 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7687 *
7688 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7689 *
7690 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7691 *
7692 * @par Example:
7693 * @code
7694 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7695 * @endcode
7696 *
7697 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7698 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7699 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7700 *
7701 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7702 * for the link text.
7703 */
7704 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7705 'patrol' => true,
7706 'tag' => true,
7707 ];
7708
7709 /**
7710 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7711 * will be listed in the user interface.
7712 *
7713 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7714 *
7715 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7716 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7717 */
7718 $wgLogNames = [
7719 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7720 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7721 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7722 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7723 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7724 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7725 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7726 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7727 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7728 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7729 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7730 ];
7731
7732 /**
7733 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7734 * top of each log type.
7735 *
7736 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7737 *
7738 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7739 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7740 */
7741 $wgLogHeaders = [
7742 '' => 'alllogstext',
7743 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7744 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7745 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7746 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7747 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7748 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7749 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7750 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7751 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7752 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7753 ];
7754
7755 /**
7756 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7757 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7758 *
7759 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7760 */
7761 $wgLogActions = [];
7762
7763 /**
7764 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7765 * not messages.
7766 * @see LogPage::actionText
7767 * @see LogFormatter
7768 */
7769 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7770 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7771 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7772 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7773 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7774 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7775 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7776 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7777 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7778 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7779 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7780 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7781 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7782 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7783 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7784 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7785 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7786 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7787 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7788 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7789 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7790 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7791 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7792 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7793 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7794 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7795 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7796 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7797 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7798 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7799 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7800 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7801 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7802 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7803 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7804 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7805 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7806 ];
7807
7808 /**
7809 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7810 *
7811 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7812 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7813 * Extensions may append to this array
7814 * @since 1.27
7815 */
7816 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7817 'block' => [
7818 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7819 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7820 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7821 ],
7822 'contentmodel' => [
7823 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7824 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7825 ],
7826 'delete' => [
7827 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7828 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7829 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7830 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7831 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7832 ],
7833 'import' => [
7834 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7835 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7836 ],
7837 'managetags' => [
7838 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7839 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7840 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7841 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7842 ],
7843 'move' => [
7844 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7845 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7846 ],
7847 'newusers' => [
7848 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7849 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7850 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7851 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7852 ],
7853 'patrol' => [
7854 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7855 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7856 ],
7857 'protect' => [
7858 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7859 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7860 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7861 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7862 ],
7863 'rights' => [
7864 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7865 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7866 ],
7867 'suppress' => [
7868 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7869 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7870 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7871 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7872 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7873 ],
7874 'upload' => [
7875 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7876 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7877 ],
7878 ];
7879
7880 /**
7881 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7882 */
7883 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7884
7885 /** @} */ # end logging }
7886
7887 /*************************************************************************//**
7888 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7889 * @{
7890 */
7891
7892 /**
7893 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7894 */
7895 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7896
7897 /**
7898 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7899 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7900 */
7901 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7902
7903 /**
7904 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7905 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7906 */
7907 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7908
7909 /**
7910 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7911 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7912 */
7913 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7914
7915 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7916
7917 /*************************************************************************//**
7918 * @name Actions
7919 * @{
7920 */
7921
7922 /**
7923 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7924 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7925 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7926 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7927 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7928 * instead of the default class.
7929 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7930 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7931 */
7932 $wgActions = [
7933 'credits' => true,
7934 'delete' => true,
7935 'edit' => true,
7936 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7937 'history' => true,
7938 'info' => true,
7939 'markpatrolled' => true,
7940 'protect' => true,
7941 'purge' => true,
7942 'raw' => true,
7943 'render' => true,
7944 'revert' => true,
7945 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7946 'rollback' => true,
7947 'submit' => true,
7948 'unprotect' => true,
7949 'unwatch' => true,
7950 'view' => true,
7951 'watch' => true,
7952 ];
7953
7954 /** @} */ # end actions }
7955
7956 /*************************************************************************//**
7957 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7958 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7959 * @{
7960 */
7961
7962 /**
7963 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7964 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7965 * basis.
7966 */
7967 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7971 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7972 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7973 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7974 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7975 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7976 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7977 *
7978 * @par Example:
7979 * @code
7980 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7981 * @endcode
7982 */
7983 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7984
7985 /**
7986 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7987 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7988 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7989 *
7990 * @par Example:
7991 * @code
7992 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7993 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7994 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7995 * ];
7996 * @endcode
7997 *
7998 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7999 * forms:
8000 * @code
8001 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8002 * # Underscore, not space!
8003 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8004 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8005 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8006 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8007 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8008 * ];
8009 * @endcode
8010 */
8011 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8012
8013 /**
8014 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8015 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8016 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8017 *
8018 * @par Example:
8019 * @code
8020 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8021 * @endcode
8022 */
8023 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8024
8025 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8026
8027 /************************************************************************//**
8028 * @name AJAX and API
8029 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8030 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8031 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8032 * @{
8033 */
8034
8035 /**
8036 *
8037 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8038 *
8039 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8040 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8041 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8042 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8043 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8044 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8045 * requiring POST.
8046 *
8047 * @since 1.21
8048 */
8049 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8050
8051 /**
8052 * API module extensions.
8053 *
8054 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8055 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8056 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8057 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8058 *
8059 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8060 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8061 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8062 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8063 * field.
8064 *
8065 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8066 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8067 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8068 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8069 *
8070 * Examples for registering API modules:
8071 *
8072 * @code
8073 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8074 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8075 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8076 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8077 * ];
8078 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8079 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8080 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8081 * ];
8082 * @endcode
8083 *
8084 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8085 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8086 */
8087 $wgAPIModules = [];
8088
8089 /**
8090 * API format module extensions.
8091 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8092 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8093 *
8094 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8095 */
8096 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8097
8098 /**
8099 * API Query meta module extensions.
8100 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8101 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8102 *
8103 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8104 */
8105 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8106
8107 /**
8108 * API Query prop module extensions.
8109 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8110 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8111 *
8112 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8113 */
8114 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8115
8116 /**
8117 * API Query list module extensions.
8118 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8119 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8120 *
8121 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8122 */
8123 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8124
8125 /**
8126 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8127 * The default value is generally fine
8128 */
8129 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8133 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8134 */
8135 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8136
8137 /**
8138 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8139 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8140 */
8141 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8145 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8146 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8147 */
8148 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8149
8150 /**
8151 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8152 * API request logging
8153 */
8154 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8158 */
8159 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8160
8161 /**
8162 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8163 * API queries.
8164 */
8165 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8166 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8167 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8168 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8169 ];
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Enable AJAX framework
8173 *
8174 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8175 */
8176 $wgUseAjax = true;
8177
8178 /**
8179 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8180 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8181 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8182 */
8183 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8187 */
8188 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8189
8190 /**
8191 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8192 */
8193 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8197 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8198 */
8199 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8203 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8204 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8205 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8206 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8207 *
8208 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8209 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8210 *
8211 * @par Example:
8212 * @code
8213 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8214 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8215 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8216 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8217 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8218 * ];
8219 * @endcode
8220 */
8221 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8225 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8226 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8227 */
8228 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8229
8230 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8231
8232 /************************************************************************//**
8233 * @name Shell and process control
8234 * @{
8235 */
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8239 */
8240 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8244 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8245 */
8246 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8247
8248 /**
8249 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8250 */
8251 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8252
8253 /**
8254 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8255 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8256 */
8257 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8258
8259 /**
8260 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8261 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8262 *
8263 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8264 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8265 * them segfault or deadlock.
8266 *
8267 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8268 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8269 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8270 *
8271 * @par Example:
8272 * @code
8273 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8274 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8275 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8276 * @endcode
8277 *
8278 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8279 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8280 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8281 */
8282 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8283
8284 /**
8285 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8286 */
8287 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8288
8289 /**
8290 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8291 *
8292 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8293 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8294 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8295 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8296 *
8297 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8298 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8299 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8300 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8301 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8302 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8303 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8304 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8305 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8306 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8307 * decimal separator)
8308 *
8309 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8310 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8311 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8312 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8313 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8314 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8315 * displayed to the user.
8316 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8317 * date/time values.
8318 *
8319 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8320 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8321 * wikis.
8322 */
8323 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8324
8325 /**
8326 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8327 *
8328 * Supported options:
8329 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8330 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8331 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8332 *
8333 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8334 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8335 *
8336 * @since 1.31
8337 * @var string|bool
8338 */
8339 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8340
8341 /** @} */ # End shell }
8342
8343 /************************************************************************//**
8344 * @name HTTP client
8345 * @{
8346 */
8347
8348 /**
8349 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8350 * @var int
8351 */
8352 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8353
8354 /**
8355 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8356 * @since 1.29
8357 */
8358 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8362 */
8363 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8364
8365 /**
8366 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8367 */
8368 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8369
8370 /**
8371 * Local virtual hosts.
8372 *
8373 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8374 *
8375 * This affects the following:
8376 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8377 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8378 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8379 * the proxy if it is configured.
8380 *
8381 * @since 1.25
8382 */
8383 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8384
8385 /**
8386 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8387 * Only works for curl
8388 */
8389 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8390
8391 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8392
8393 /************************************************************************//**
8394 * @name Job queue
8395 * @{
8396 */
8397
8398 /**
8399 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8400 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8401 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8402 * be run periodically.
8403 */
8404 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8405
8406 /**
8407 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8408 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8409 * execution finishes.
8410 *
8411 * @since 1.23
8412 */
8413 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * Number of rows to update per job
8417 */
8418 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8419
8420 /**
8421 * Number of rows to update per query
8422 */
8423 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8424
8425 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8426
8427 /************************************************************************//**
8428 * @name Miscellaneous
8429 * @{
8430 */
8431
8432 /**
8433 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8434 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8435 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8436 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8437 */
8438 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8439
8440 /**
8441 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8442 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8443 * Supported values:
8444 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8445 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8446 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8447 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8448 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8449 *
8450 * @since 1.30
8451 */
8452 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8453
8454 /**
8455 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8456 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8457 *
8458 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8459 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8460 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8461 */
8462 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8463
8464 /**
8465 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8466 * For debugging
8467 */
8468 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8469
8470 /**
8471 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8472 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8473 */
8474 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8475
8476 /**
8477 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8478 */
8479 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8480
8481 /**
8482 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8483 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8484 */
8485 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8486
8487 /**
8488 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8489 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8490 */
8491 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8492
8493 /**
8494 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8495 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8496 *
8497 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8498 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8499 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8500 * parameters.
8501 *
8502 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8503 * @code
8504 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8505 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8506 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8507 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8508 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8509 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8510 * 'redisConfig' => []
8511 * ] ];
8512 * @endcode
8513 *
8514 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8515 * @code
8516 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8517 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8518 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8519 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8520 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8521 * ... any extension-specific options...
8522 * ] ];
8523 * @endcode
8524 */
8525 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8526
8527 /**
8528 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8529 */
8530 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8531
8532 /**
8533 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8534 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8535 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8536 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8537 *
8538 * @since 1.21
8539 */
8540 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8541
8542 /**
8543 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8544 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8545 *
8546 * * 'ignore': return null
8547 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8548 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8549 *
8550 * @since 1.21
8551 */
8552 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8556 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8557 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8558 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8559 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8560 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8561 *
8562 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8563 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8564 *
8565 * @since 1.21
8566 */
8567 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8568
8569 /**
8570 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8571 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8572 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8573 *
8574 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8575 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8576 *
8577 * @since 1.21
8578 */
8579 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8580 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8581 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8582 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8583 ];
8584
8585 /**
8586 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8587 *
8588 * @since 1.20
8589 */
8590 $wgSiteTypes = [
8591 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8592 ];
8593
8594 /**
8595 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8596 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8597 * @since 1.23
8598 */
8599 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8600
8601 /**
8602 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8603 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8604 * @see T67184
8605 * @since 1.24
8606 */
8607 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8608
8609 /**
8610 * Secret for session storage.
8611 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8612 * be used.
8613 * @since 1.27
8614 */
8615 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8616
8617 /**
8618 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8619 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8620 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8621 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8622 * @since 1.27
8623 */
8624 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8625
8626 /**
8627 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8628 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8629 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8630 * be used.
8631 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8632 * @since 1.24
8633 */
8634 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8635
8636 /**
8637 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8638 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8639 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8640 * @since 1.24
8641 */
8642 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8643
8644 /**
8645 * Enable page language feature
8646 * Allows setting page language in database
8647 * @var bool
8648 * @since 1.24
8649 */
8650 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8651
8652 /**
8653 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8654 *
8655 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8656 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8657 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8658 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8659 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8660 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8661 *
8662 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8663 *
8664 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8665 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8666 * 'options' => [
8667 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8668 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8669 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8670 * ]
8671 * ];
8672 *
8673 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8674 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8675 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8676 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8677 *
8678 * Example config for Parsoid:
8679 *
8680 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8681 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8682 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8683 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8684 * ];
8685 *
8686 * @var array
8687 * @since 1.25
8688 */
8689 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8690 'paths' => [],
8691 'modules' => [],
8692 'global' => [
8693 # Timeout in seconds
8694 'timeout' => 360,
8695 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8696 'forwardCookies' => false,
8697 'HTTPProxy' => null
8698 ]
8699 ];
8700
8701 /**
8702 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8703 * these suggestions.
8704 *
8705 * @var bool
8706 * @since 1.26
8707 */
8708 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8709
8710 /**
8711 * Where popular password file is located.
8712 *
8713 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8714 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8715 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8716 *
8717 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8718 * @since 1.27
8719 * @var string path to file
8720 */
8721 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8722
8723 /*
8724 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8725 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8726 *
8727 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8728 * @since 1.27
8729 */
8730 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8731
8732 /*
8733 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8734 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8735 *
8736 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8737 * @since 1.30
8738 */
8739 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8740
8741 /**
8742 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8743 *
8744 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8745 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8746 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8747 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8748 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8749 *
8750 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8751 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8752 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8753 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8754 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8755 *
8756 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8757 *
8758 * @since 1.27
8759 */
8760 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8761 'default' => [
8762 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8763 ]
8764 ];
8765
8766 /**
8767 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8768 *
8769 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8770 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8771 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8772 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8773 *
8774 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8775 *
8776 * @var bool
8777 * @since 1.28
8778 */
8779 $wgPingback = false;
8780
8781 /**
8782 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8783 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8784 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8785 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8786 *
8787 * @since 1.28
8788 */
8789 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8790 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8791 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8792 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8793 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8794 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8795 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8796 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8797 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8798 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8799 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8800 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8801 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8802 ];
8803
8804 /**
8805 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8806 * at Special:Contributions.
8807 *
8808 * @var array
8809 * @since 1.30
8810 */
8811 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8812 'IPv4' => 16,
8813 'IPv6' => 32,
8814 ];
8815
8816 /**
8817 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8818 *
8819 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8820 *
8821 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8822 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8823 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8824 *
8825 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8826 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8827 */
8828 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8829 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8830 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8831 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8832
8833 /**
8834 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8835 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8836 *
8837 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8838 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8839 *
8840 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8841 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8842 *
8843 * @par Example:
8844 * @code
8845 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8846 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8847 *];
8848 * @endcode
8849 */
8850 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8851
8852 /**
8853 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8854 * @since 1.30
8855 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8856 */
8857 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8858
8859 /**
8860 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8861 * @since 1.31
8862 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8863 */
8864 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8865
8866 /**
8867 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8868 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8869 * @}
8870 */